blob: ef8d437fbd46bf350eb6b259eeed3dd0a1810276 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000361The following options need to be configured:
362
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000364
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200388 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000403
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000411
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000418
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600424- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800473 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530474
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530478
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000512- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700572
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100620- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200628
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100632 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200633
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Ian Campbelle392b922015-09-29 10:27:09 +0100685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
686 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
687 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000688
689 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
690 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
691 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
692 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
693 set these options unless they apply!
694
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700695 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
696 Generic timer clock source frequency.
697
698 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
699 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
700 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
701 at run time.
702
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500703 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
704 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
705 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500708 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500709 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500710 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500711
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700712- Tegra SoC options:
713 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
714
715 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
716 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
717 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
718
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000719- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
721
722 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
723 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
724 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
725 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
726 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
727 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
728 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100730 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731 default environment.
732
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000733 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
734
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800735 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000736 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
737 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
738
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400739 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200740
741 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400742 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
743 concepts).
744
745 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
746 * New libfdt-based support
747 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500748 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400749
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200750 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
751 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
752 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
753 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200754 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600755 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200756
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200757 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
758 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500759
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600760 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
761
762 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
763 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000764
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600765 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
766
767 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
768 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
769 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
770 the kernel.
771
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500772 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
773
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200774 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500775 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
776
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200777 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
778
779 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
780 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
781 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
782 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
783 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
784 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
785
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000786 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
787
788 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
789 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
790 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
791 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
792 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
793 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
794 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
795
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100796- vxWorks boot parameters:
797
798 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700799 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
800 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100801 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
802
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100803 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
804 the defaults discussed just above.
805
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000806- Cache Configuration:
807 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
808 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
809 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
810
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000811- Cache Configuration for ARM:
812 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
813 controller
814 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
815 controller register space
816
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000817- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200818 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000819
820 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
821
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200822 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000823
824 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
825
826 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
827
828 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
829 the clock speed of the UARTs.
830
831 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
832
833 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
834 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
835 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
836
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400837 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
838
839 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
840 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000841
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000843 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
844 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
845 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
846 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000847
848 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
849 port routines must be defined elsewhere
850 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
851
852 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
853 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000854 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000855 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
856 (default big endian)
857 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
858 rectangle fill
859 (cf. smiLynxEM)
860 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
861 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
862 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
863 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000864 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
865 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
867 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000868 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
870 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
871 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
872 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
873 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
874 (i.e. i8042_getc)
875 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
876 (requires blink timer
877 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200878 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
880 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000882 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
883 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000884 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
885 linux_logo.h for logo.
886 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200888 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000889 the logo
890
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000891 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
892 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
893 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
894
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000895 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
896 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
897 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000899 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
900 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
901 the "silent" environment variable. See
902 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000903
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200904 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
905 is 0x00.
906 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
907 is 0xa0.
908
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909- Console Baudrate:
910 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
911 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200912 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
913 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000914
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100915- Console Rx buffer length
916 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
917 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100918 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100919 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
920 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
921 the SMC.
922
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000923- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200924 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
925 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
926 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
927 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
928 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
929 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
930 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200931 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200932 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000933
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200934 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
935 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
936
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200937 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
938 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000939
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000940- Safe printf() functions
941 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
942 the printf() functions. These are defined in
943 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
944 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
945 If this option is not given then these functions will
946 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
947 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
948
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
950 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
951 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000952 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
953 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954
955 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
956 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
957 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
958 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
959 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
960 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
961 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
962 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
964 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
965
966- Autoboot Command:
967 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
968 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
969 define a command string that is automatically executed
970 when no character is read on the console interface
971 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
972
973 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000974 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
975 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
976 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000977
978 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000979 The value of these goes into the environment as
980 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
981 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200982 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000983
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100984- Bootcount:
985 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
986 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
987 cycle, see:
988 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
989
990 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
991 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
992 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
993 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
994 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
995 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
996 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
997 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
998 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
999
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001000- Pre-Boot Commands:
1001 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1002
1003 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1004 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1005 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1006 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1007 entering interactive mode.
1008
1009 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1010 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1011 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1012 modified when the user holds down a certain
1013 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1014 booting the systems
1015
1016- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1017 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1018 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1019 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1020 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1021 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1022 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1023 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1024
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1027 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001028 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001029
1030- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001031 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1032 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001033 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -05001034 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001036 The default command configuration includes all commands
1037 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001038
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001039 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001040 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001041 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1042 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1043 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1044 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1045 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001046 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001047 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001048 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001049 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001050 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001051 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1052 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1053 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001054 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1055 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1056 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1057 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001058 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1059 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001060 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001061 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1062 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001063 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001064 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001065 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001066 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001067 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1068 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001069 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1070 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001071 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001072 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001073 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001074 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001075 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1076 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001077 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001078 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001079 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001080 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001081 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001082 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1083 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1084 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1085 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001086 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001087 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001088 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001089 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001090 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001091 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001092 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1093 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1094 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1095 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001096 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001097 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1098 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001099 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1100 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001101 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001102 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001103 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001104 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001105 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001106 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001107 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1108 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1109 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001110 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001111 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1112 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001113 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001114 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001115 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001116 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1117 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1118 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1119 host
1120 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001122 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1123 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001124 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001125 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1126 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1127 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1128 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1129 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1130 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001131 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001132 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001133 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001134 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001135 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001136 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001137 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001138 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001139 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1140 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001141 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001142 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001143 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001144 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001145 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001146
1147 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1148 support you can write:
1149
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001150 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1151 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001153 Other Commands:
1154 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001155
1156 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001157 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001158 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1159 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1160 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1161 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1162 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1163 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164
1165
1166 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1167
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001168- Regular expression support:
1169 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001170 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1171 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1172 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1173 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001174
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001175- Device tree:
1176 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1177 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1178 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1179 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1180 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1181 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1182
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001183 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1184 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001185
1186 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1187 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1188 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1189 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1190 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1191 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001192
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001193 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1194 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1195 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1196 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1197
1198 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1199
1200 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1201 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1202 still use the individual files if you need something more
1203 exotic.
1204
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001205- Watchdog:
1206 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1207 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001208 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1209 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1210 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1211 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1212 available, then no further board specific code should
1213 be needed to use it.
1214
1215 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1216 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1217 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1218 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001220 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1221 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1222
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001223- U-Boot Version:
1224 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1225 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1226 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1227 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001228 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1229 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001230
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001231- Real-Time Clock:
1232
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001233 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001234 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1235 following options:
1236
1237 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1238 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001239 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001240 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001241 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001242 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001243 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001244 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001245 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001246 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001247 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001248 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001249 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1250 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001251
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001252 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1253 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1254
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001255- GPIO Support:
1256 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001257
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001258 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1259 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1260 pins supported by a particular chip.
1261
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001262 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1263 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1264
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001265- I/O tracing:
1266 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1267 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1268 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1269 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1270 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1271 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1272 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1273 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1274
1275 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1276 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1277 still continue to operate.
1278
1279 iotrace is enabled
1280 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1281 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1282 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1283 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1284 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1285 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1286
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001287- Timestamp Support:
1288
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001289 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1290 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1291 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001292 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001293
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001294- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1295 Zero or more of the following:
1296 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1297 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1298 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1299 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1300 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1301 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1302 disk/part_efi.c
1303 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001304
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001305 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1306 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001307 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308
1309- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001310 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1311 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001312
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001313 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1314 be performed by calling the function
1315 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1316 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001317
1318- ATAPI Support:
1319 CONFIG_ATAPI
1320
1321 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1322
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001323- LBA48 Support
1324 CONFIG_LBA48
1325
1326 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001327 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001328 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1329 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001331 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001332 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1333 Default is 32bit.
1334
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001335- SCSI Support:
1336 At the moment only there is only support for the
1337 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1338 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001340 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1341 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1342 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001343 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1344 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001345 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001346
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001347 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1348 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001349
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001350- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001351 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001352 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1353
1354 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1355 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1356 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1357 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1358
1359 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1360 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1361 example with the "sspi" command.
1362
1363 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1364 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1365 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001366
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001367 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1368 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001369 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001370 write routine for first time initialisation.
1371
1372 CONFIG_TULIP
1373 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1374 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1375 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1376
1377 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1378 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1379
1380 CONFIG_NS8382X
1381 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1382
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001383- NETWORK Support (other):
1384
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001385 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1386 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1387
1388 CONFIG_RMII
1389 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1390
1391 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1392 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1393 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1394
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001395 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1396 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1397
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001398 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001399 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1400
1401 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1402 Define this to hold the physical address
1403 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1404
1405 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1406 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1407
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001408 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001409 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1410
1411 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1412 Define this to hold the physical address
1413 of the device (I/O space)
1414
1415 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1416 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1417
1418 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1419 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1420 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1421
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001422 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1423 Support for davinci emac
1424
1425 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1426 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1427
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001428 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1429 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1430
1431 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1432 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1433 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1434 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1435 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1436 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1437 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1438 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1439
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001440 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001441 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1442
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001443 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001444 Define this to hold the physical address
1445 of the device (I/O space)
1446
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001447 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001448 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1449
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001450 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001451 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1452 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001453 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001454
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001455 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1456 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1457
1458 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1459 Define the number of ports to be used
1460
1461 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1462 Define the ETH PHY's address
1463
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001464 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1465 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1466
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001467- PWM Support:
1468 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1469 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1470
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001471- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001472 CONFIG_TPM
1473 Support TPM devices.
1474
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001475 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1476 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001477 per system is supported at this time.
1478
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001479 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1480 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1481
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001482 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1483 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1484
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001485 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001486 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1487 per system is supported at this time.
1488
1489 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1490 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1491 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1492 0xfed40000.
1493
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001494 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1495 Add tpm monitor functions.
1496 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1497 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1498
1499 CONFIG_TPM
1500 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1501 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1502 Requires support for a TPM device.
1503
1504 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1505 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1506 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1507
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001508- USB Support:
1509 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001510 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001511 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1512 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001513 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001514 storage devices.
1515 Note:
1516 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1517 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001518 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1519 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1520 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001521 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1522 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001523 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1524 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1525 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001526 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1527 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001528 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001529 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1530 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001531
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001532 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1533 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1534
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001535 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1536 HW module registers.
1537
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001538- USB Device:
1539 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1540 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1541 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001542 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001543 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1544 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001545 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001546 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1547 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1548 a Linux host by
1549 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1550 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1551 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1552 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001553
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001554 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1555 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001556
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001557 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1558 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1559 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001560
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301561 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1562 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1563 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1564 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1565 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1566 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1567 speed.
1568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001569 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001570 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1571 be set to usbtty.
1572
1573 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001574 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001575 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001576 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001578 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001579 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001580 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001581
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001582 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001583 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001584 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001585 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1586 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1587 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1588
1589 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1590 Define this string as the name of your company for
1591 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001592
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001593 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1594 Define this string as the name of your product
1595 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1596
1597 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1598 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1599 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1600 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1601 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001602
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001603 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1604 Define this as the unique Product ID
1605 for your device
1606 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001607
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001608- ULPI Layer Support:
1609 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1610 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1611 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1612 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1613 viewport is supported.
1614 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1615 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001616 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1617 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1618 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001619
1620- MMC Support:
1621 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1622 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1623 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1624 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001625 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1626 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001627
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001628 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1629 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1630
1631 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1632 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1633
1634 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1635 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1636
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001637 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1638 Enable the generic MMC driver
1639
1640 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1641 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1642
1643 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1644 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1645 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1646
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001647- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001648 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001649 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1650
1651 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1652 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1653 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1654 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1655 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1656
1657 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1658 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1659
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001660 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1661 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1662
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301663 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1664 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1665 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1666 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1667 one that would help mostly the developer.
1668
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001669 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1670 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1671 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1672 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1673 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1674
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001675 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1676 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1677 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1678 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1679 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1680 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1681
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001682 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1683 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1684 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1685 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1686
1687 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1688 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1689 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1690 sending again an USB request to the device.
1691
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001692- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001693 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1694 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1695
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001696 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1697 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1698 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1699 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1700 used on Android devices.
1701 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1702
1703 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1704 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1705 image format header.
1706
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001707 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001708 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1709 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1710 downloaded images.
1711
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001712 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001713 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1714 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1715 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1716
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001717 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1718 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1719 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1720 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1721
1722 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1723 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1724 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1725 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1726
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001727 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1728 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1729 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1730 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1731 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1732 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1733 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1734 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1735
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001736- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1737 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1738 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1739 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001741 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1742 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001743 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001745 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001746 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1747 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1748
1749 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001750 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001751 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1752 have not defined a custom partition
1753
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001754- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1755 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001756
1757 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1758 file in FAT formatted partition.
1759
1760 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1761 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001762
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001763CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1764 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1765
1766 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1767 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1768 and cbfsload.
1769
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301770- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1771 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1772
1773 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1774 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1775
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001776- Keyboard Support:
1777 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1778
1779 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1780 support
1781
1782 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1783 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1784 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1785 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1786 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1787
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001788 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1789 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1790 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1791 which provides key scans on request.
1792
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001793- Video support:
1794 CONFIG_VIDEO
1795
1796 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1797 video).
1798
1799 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1800
1801 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1802
1803 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001804 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001805 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1806 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1807 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001808
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001809 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001810 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001811 are possible:
1812 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001813 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001814
1815 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1816 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1817 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1818 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1819 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1820 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1821 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001822 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1823
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001824 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001825 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001826
1827
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001828 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001829 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001830 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1831 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1832
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001833 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001834 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001835 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1836 support, and should also define these other macros:
1837
1838 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1839 CONFIG_VIDEO
1840 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1841 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1842 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1843 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1844 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1845 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1846
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001847 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1848 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1849 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1850 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001851
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001852
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001853- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001854 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001855
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001856 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1857 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1858 defined in your board-specific files.
1859 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1862
1863 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1864 display); also select one of the supported displays
1865 by defining one of these:
1866
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001867 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1868
1869 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1870
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001871 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001872
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001873 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001874
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001875 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001876
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001877 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1878 Active, color, single scan.
1879
1880 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1881
1882 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001883 Active, color, single scan.
1884
1885 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1886
1887 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1888 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1889
1890 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1891
1892 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1893 Active, color, single scan.
1894
1895 CONFIG_HLD1045
1896
1897 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1898 Active, color, single scan.
1899
1900 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1901
1902 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1903 or
1904 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1905 or
1906 Hitachi SP14Q002
1907
1908 320x240. Black & white.
1909
1910 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001911 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001912
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001913 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1914
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001915 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001916 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1917 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1918 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1919 a per-section basis.
1920
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001921 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1922
1923 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1924 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1925 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1926 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001927
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001928 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1929
1930 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1931 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1932 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1933 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1934 printed out.
1935 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1936 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1937 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1938 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1939 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1940 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1941 1 = 90 degree rotation
1942 2 = 180 degree rotation
1943 3 = 270 degree rotation
1944
1945 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1946 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1947
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001948 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1949
1950 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1951
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001952 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1953
1954 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1955 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1956
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001957- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001958
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001959 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1960 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1961 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001962 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001963 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1964 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1965 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1966 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001967
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001968 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1969
1970 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1971 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001972 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001973 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1974 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1975 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1976 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1977 there is no need to set this option.
1978
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001979 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1980
1981 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1982 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1983 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1984 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1985 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1986 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1987
1988 Example:
1989 setenv splashpos m,m
1990 => image at center of screen
1991
1992 setenv splashpos 30,20
1993 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1994
1995 setenv splashpos -10,m
1996 => vertically centered image
1997 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1998
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001999- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2000
2001 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2002 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2003 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2004
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002005- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2006
2007 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2008 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2009 bmp command.
2010
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002011- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002012 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2013
2014 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2015 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2016
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002017- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002018 CONFIG_GZIP
2019
2020 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2021
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002022 CONFIG_BZIP2
2023
2024 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2025 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2026 compressed images are supported.
2027
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002028 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002029 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002030 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002031
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002032 CONFIG_LZMA
2033
2034 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2035 images is included.
2036
2037 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2038 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2039 formula:
2040
2041 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2042
2043 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2044 and Literal pos bits.
2045
2046 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2047 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2048 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2049 a very small buffer.
2050
2051 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2052 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002053 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002054
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002055 CONFIG_LZO
2056
2057 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2058 is included.
2059
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002060- MII/PHY support:
2061 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2062
2063 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2064
2065 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2066
2067 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2068
2069 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2070
2071 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002072 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002073
2074 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2075
2076 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2077 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2078 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2079 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2080
2081 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2082
2083 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2084 command issued before MII status register can be read
2085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086- IP address:
2087 CONFIG_IPADDR
2088
2089 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002090 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002092 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093
2094- Server IP address:
2095 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2096
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002097 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002098 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002099 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002101 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2102
2103 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2104 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2105
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002106- Gateway IP address:
2107 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2108
2109 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2110 default router where packets to other networks are
2111 sent to.
2112 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2113
2114- Subnet mask:
2115 CONFIG_NETMASK
2116
2117 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2118 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2119 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2120 forwarded through a router.
2121 (Environment variable "netmask")
2122
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002123- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2124 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2125
2126 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2127 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002128 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002129 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2130 multicast group.
2131
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002132- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2133 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2134
2135 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2136 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2137 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2138 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2139 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2140 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2141 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2142 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002143 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144
2145 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2146 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2147 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2148 4th and following
2149 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2150
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002151 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2152
2153 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2154 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2155 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2156 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2157 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2158 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2159 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2160 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2161 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2162 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2163 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2164 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2165 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2166 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2167 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2168
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002169- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002170 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2171 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002172
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002173 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2174 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2175 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2176 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2177 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2178 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2179 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2180 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2181 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2182 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2183 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2184 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002185 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002186
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002187 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2188 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002189
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002190 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2191 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2192 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2193 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2194 is not available.
2195
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002196 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2197 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2198 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2199 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2200 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2201 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2202 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002203 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002204
2205 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2206 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2207 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002208 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002209 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2210 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002211
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002212 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2213
2214 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2215 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2216 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2217 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2218 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2219 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2220 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2221 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2222 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2223 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2224 this delay.
2225
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002226 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2227 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2228 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2229 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2230 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2231
2232 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2233
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002234 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002235 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002236
2237 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2238
2239 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2240
2241 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2242 of the device.
2243
2244 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2245
2246 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2247 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002248 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002249
2250 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2251
2252 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2253 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2254
2255 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2256
2257 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2258
2259 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2260
2261 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2262
2263 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2264
2265 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2266
2267 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2268
2269 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2270 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2271
2272 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2273
2274 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2275
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002276- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2277
2278 Several configurations allow to display the current
2279 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2280 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2281 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2282 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2283 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2284 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2285 feature in U-Boot.
2286
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002287 Additional options:
2288
2289 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2290 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2291 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2292 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2293 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2294
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002295 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2296 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2297 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2298 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2299 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2300 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2303
2304 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2305 on those systems that support this (optional)
2306 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2307
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002308- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002310 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2311 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2312 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2313 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2314 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2315 interface.
2316
2317 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002318 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2319 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2320 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2321 for defining speed and slave address
2322 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2323 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2324 for defining speed and slave address
2325 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2327 for defining speed and slave address
2328 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2329 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2330 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002331
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002332 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2333 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2334 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2335 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2336 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2337 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002338 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002339 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2340 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2341 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2342 second bus.
2343
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002344 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002345 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2346 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2347 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002348
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002349 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2350 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2351 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2352 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2353
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002354 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2355 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002356 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2357 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2358 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2359 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002360 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2361 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2362 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2363 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2364 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2365 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002366 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2367 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002368 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002369 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2370
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002371 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2372 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2373 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2374
2375 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2383 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2384
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002385 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2386 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2387 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2388
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2397 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2398 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2399 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2400 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002401 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002402
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002403 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2404 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2405 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2406 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2407 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2408 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2409 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2415
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002416 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2417 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2418 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2419 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2420
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302421 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2422 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2423 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2424 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2425 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2426
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002427 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2428 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2438 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2439 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2440 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2441
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002442 additional defines:
2443
2444 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002445 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002446 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2447 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2448 omit this define.
2449
2450 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2451 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2452 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2453 omit this define.
2454
2455 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2456 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2457 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2458 define.
2459
2460 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002461 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002462 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2463 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2464 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2465
2466 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2467 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2468 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2469 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2470 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2471 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2472 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2473 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2474 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2475 }
2476
2477 which defines
2478 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002479 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2480 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2481 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2482 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2483 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002484 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002485 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2486 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002487
2488 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2489
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002490- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002491
2492 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2493 provides the following compelling advantages:
2494
2495 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2496 - approved multibus support
2497 - better i2c mux support
2498
2499 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2500
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002501 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2502 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2503 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002505 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002506 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002507 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2508 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002509 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002511 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002513 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002514 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002516 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002517 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002518 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002519 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002520
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002521 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002522 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002523 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2524 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2525 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002527 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2528
2529 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2530 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2531 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2532 commands until the slave device responds.
2533
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002534 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002535
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002536 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002537 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2538 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002539
2540 I2C_INIT
2541
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002542 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002543 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002544
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002545 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002546
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547 I2C_PORT
2548
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002549 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2550 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2551 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552
2553 I2C_ACTIVE
2554
2555 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2556 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2557 define can be null.
2558
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002559 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561 I2C_TRISTATE
2562
2563 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2564 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2565 define can be null.
2566
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002567 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2568
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002569 I2C_READ
2570
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002571 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2572 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002574 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2575
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576 I2C_SDA(bit)
2577
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002578 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2579 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002581 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002582 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002583 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002584
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585 I2C_SCL(bit)
2586
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002587 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2588 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002590 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002591 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002592 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002593
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594 I2C_DELAY
2595
2596 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2597 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002598 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002599 like:
2600
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002601 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002603 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2604
2605 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2606 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2607 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2608 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2609
2610 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2611 the generic GPIO functions.
2612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002613 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002614
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002615 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2616 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2617 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2618 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2619 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2620 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2621 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2622 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002623
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002624 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2625
2626 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2627 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2628 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2629 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2630 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2631 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2632 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2633 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2634
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002635 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2636
2637 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2638 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2639 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2640
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002641 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2642
2643 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002644 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2645 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002646 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002648 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002649
2650 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002651 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002652 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2653 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002654
2655 e.g.
2656 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002657 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002658
2659 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2660
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002661 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002662 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002663
2664 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002666 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002667
2668 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2669 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002671 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002672
2673 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2674 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002676 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002677
2678 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2679 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002681 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002682
2683 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2684 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2685 specified DTT device.
2686
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002687 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2688
2689 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2690 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2691 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2692 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2693 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2694 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2695 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002696
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002697- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2698
2699 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2700 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2701 D/As on the SACSng board)
2702
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002703 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2704
2705 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2706 only SH7757 is supported.
2707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708 CONFIG_SPI_X
2709
2710 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2711 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2712
2713 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2714
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002715 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2716 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2717 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2718 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2719 defined, the board configuration must define several
2720 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2721 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002722
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002723 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2724
2725 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2726 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2727 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002728 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002729 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2730
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002731 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2732
2733 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002734 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002735
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002736 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2737 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2738 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2739
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002740- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2741
2742 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2743
2744 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2745
2746 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2747 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2748
2749 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2750
2751 Enables support for FPGA family.
2752 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2753
2754 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002755
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002756 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302758 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2759
2760 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2761
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002762 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2763
2764 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2765
2766 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2767
2768 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2769 (Xilinx only)
2770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002771 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002772
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002773 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002775 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002776
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002777 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2778 status by the configuration function. This option
2779 will require a board or device specific function to
2780 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002781
2782 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2783
2784 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2785 configuration driver.
2786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002787 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002790 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002791
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002792 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2793 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2794 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2795 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002797 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002799 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2800 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002801 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002802 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002804 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002805
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002806 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002807 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002809 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002811 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002812 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002813
2814- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002815 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2816
2817 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2818 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2819 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2820 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2821 make / MAKEALL.
2822
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2824
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002825 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2826 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002827
2828- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2829
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002830 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2831 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002832 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002833 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2834 protects these variables from casual modification by
2835 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2836 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002837 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002838
2839 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2840 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002841 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002842 these parameters.
2843
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002844 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2845 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002846 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002847 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2848 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2849 read-only.]
2850
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002851 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2852 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2853 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2854 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2855
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002856- Protected RAM:
2857 CONFIG_PRAM
2858
2859 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2860 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2861 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2862 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2863 this default value by defining an environment
2864 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2865 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2866 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2867 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2868 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2869 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2870 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2871
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002872 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873 saveenv
2874
2875 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2876 either, which results in a memory region that will
2877 not be affected by reboots.
2878
2879 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2880 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2881 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2882 following board configurations are known to be
2883 "pRAM-clean":
2884
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002885 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2886 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002887 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002888
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002889- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2890 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2891 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2892 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2893 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2894 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2895 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897- Error Recovery:
2898 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2899
2900 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2901 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2902 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002903 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2905 useful during development since you can try to debug
2906 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2907
2908 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2909
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002910 This variable defines the number of retries for
2911 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2912 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2913 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002914
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002915 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2916
2917 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2918
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002919 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2920
2921 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2922 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2923 try longer timeout such as
2924 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2925
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002927 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002928
2929 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002931 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932
2933 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2934 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2935 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2936
2937 Note:
2938
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002939 In the current implementation, the local variables
2940 space and global environment variables space are
2941 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2942 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2943 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2944 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2945 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002947 Global environment variables are those you use
2948 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2949 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2950 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002951
2952 To store commands and special characters in a
2953 variable, please use double quotation marks
2954 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2955 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2956 symbols.
2957
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002958- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002959 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2960
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002961 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002962 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002963
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002964- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002965 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2966
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002967 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2968 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002969 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002970
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002971 For example, place something like this in your
2972 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002973
2974 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2975 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2976 "myvar2=value2\0"
2977
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002978 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2979 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2980 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2981 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002982 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983 You better know what you are doing here.
2984
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002985 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2986 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002987 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002988 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002990 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2991
2992 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2993 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2994 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2995
2996 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2997
2998 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2999 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3000 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3001 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3002 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3003
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003004 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3005
3006 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3007 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3008 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3009
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003010 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3011
3012 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003013 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003014 that so that the environment is not available until
3015 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3016 this is instead controlled by the value of
3017 /config/load-environment.
3018
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12003019- Parallel Flash support:
3020 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3021
3022 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3023 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3024 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3025 parallel flash.
3026
3027 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3028 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3029 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3030 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3031
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003032- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003033 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3034
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003035 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3036 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3037 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003038
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003039- Serial Flash support
3040 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3041
3042 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3043 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3044
3045 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3046 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3047 commands.
3048
3049 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3050 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3051 flash is present on the system.
3052
3053 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3054 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3055 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3056 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3057
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003058 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3059
3060 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3061 test ('sf test').
3062
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303063 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3064
3065 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3066 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003067 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303068
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003069- SystemACE Support:
3070 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3071
3072 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3073 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003074 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003075 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003076
3077 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003078 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003079
3080 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3081 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3082
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003083- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3084 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3085
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003086 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003087 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003088 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003089 number generator is used.
3090
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003091 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3092 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3093 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3094
3095 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003096 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3097 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3098 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3099 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3100 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3101 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3102
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003103- Hashing support:
3104 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3105
3106 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3107 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3108
3109 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3110
3111 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3112 size a little.
3113
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303114 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3115 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3116 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3117 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3118 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3119 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3120 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3121 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3122 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3123 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3124 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3125 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003126
3127 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3128 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3129
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003130- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3131 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3132 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3133 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3134
3135 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3136 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3137 a boot from specific media.
3138
3139 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3140 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3141 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3142 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3143 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3144
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003145- Signing support:
3146 CONFIG_RSA
3147
3148 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003149 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003150
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303151 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3152 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3153 library to function.
3154
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003155 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303156 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3157 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003158
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003159- bootcount support:
3160 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3161
3162 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3163 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3164
3165 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3166 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3167 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3168 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3169 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3170 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3171 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3172 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3173 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3174 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3175 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3176 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3177 the bootcounter.
3178 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003179
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003180- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003181 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3182
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003183 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3184 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3185 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3186 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3187 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3188 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003189
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003190
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003191Legacy uImage format:
3192
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003193 Arg Where When
3194 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003195 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003197 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003198 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003199 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3201 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3202 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003203 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003204 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3205 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3206 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3207 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003208 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003209 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003210
3211 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3212 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3213 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3214 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3215 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3216 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3217 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003218 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003219 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3220 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3221
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003222 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003224 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003225 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3226 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003227
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003228 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3229 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3230 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3231 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3232 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3233 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3234 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3235 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3236 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3237 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3238 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3239 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3240 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3241 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3242 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3243 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3244 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3245 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3246 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3247 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3248 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3249 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3250 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3251 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3252 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3253 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3254 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3255 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3256 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3257 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3258 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3259 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3260 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3261 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3262 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3263 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3264 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3265 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3266 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3267 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3268 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3269 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3270 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3271 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3272 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3273 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3274 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003275
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003276 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003277
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003278 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003279 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3280 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003281
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003282 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003283 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3284 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3285 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003286 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3287 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003288 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3289 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003290 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003291
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003292FIT uImage format:
3293
3294 Arg Where When
3295 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3296 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3297 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3298 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3299 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3300 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003301 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003302 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3303 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3304 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3305 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3306 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003307 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3308 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003309 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3310 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3311 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3312 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3313 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3314 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3315 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3316 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3317
3318 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3319 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3320 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003321 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003322 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3323 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3324 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3325 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3326 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3327 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3328 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3329 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3330 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3331 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3332 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3333 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3334
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003335 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003336 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3337
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003338 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003339 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003341 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003342 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3343
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003344- legacy image format:
3345 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3346 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3347
3348 Default:
3349 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3350
3351 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3352 disable the legacy image format
3353
3354 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3355 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3356
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003357- FIT image support:
3358 CONFIG_FIT
3359 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3360
3361 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3362 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3363 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3364 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3365 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3366 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3367
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003368 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3369 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303370 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3371 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3372 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3373 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003374
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003375 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3376 signature check the legacy image format is default
3377 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3378 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3379
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003380 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3381 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3382 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3383 with this option.
3384
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003385- Standalone program support:
3386 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3387
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003388 This option defines a board specific value for the
3389 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3390 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003391 settings.
3392
3393- Frame Buffer Address:
3394 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3395
3396 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003397 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3398 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3399 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3400 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3401 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3402 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3403 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003404
3405 Please see board_init_f function.
3406
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003407- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3408 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3409 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3410 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3411
3412 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3413 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3414
3415- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3416 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3417
3418 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3419 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3420
3421 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3422
3423 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3424 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3425
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003426- UBI support
3427 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3428
3429 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3430 with the UBI flash translation layer
3431
3432 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3433
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003434 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3435
3436 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3437 warnings and errors enabled.
3438
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003439
3440 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3441 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3442 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3443 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3444 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3445 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3446
3447 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3448 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3449 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3450 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3451 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3452
3453 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003454
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003455 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3456 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3457 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3458 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3459 flash), this value is ignored.
3460
3461 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3462 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3463 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3464 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3465 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3466 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3467
3468 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3469 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3470 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3471 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3472 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3473 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3474 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3475 partition.
3476
3477 default: 20
3478
3479 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3480 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3481 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3482 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3483 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3484 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3485 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3486 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3487 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3488 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3489 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3490 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3491
3492 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3493 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3494 without a fastmap.
3495 default: 0
3496
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003497 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3498 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3499 default: 0
3500
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003501- UBIFS support
3502 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3503
3504 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3505 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3506
3507 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3508
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003509 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3510
3511 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3512 warnings and errors enabled.
3513
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003514- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003515 CONFIG_SPL
3516 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003517
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003518 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3519 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3520
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003521 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3522 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3523 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3524 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003525 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003526 must not be both defined at the same time.
3527
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003528 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003529 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3530 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3531 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3532 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003533
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003534 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3535 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003536
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003537 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3538 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3539 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3540
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003541 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3542 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3543
3544 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003545 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3546 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3547 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003548 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003549 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003550
3551 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3552 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3553
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003554 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3555 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3556 loaded does not have a signature.
3557 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3558 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3559 will be caught.
3560 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3561 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3562 and thus should be skipped silently.
3563
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003564 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3565 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3566 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3567 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3568
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003569 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3570 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3571
3572 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3573 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003574
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003575 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3576 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3577 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3578 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3579
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003580 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3581 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3582 See also: doc/README.falcon
3583
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003584 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3585 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3586 about the running system.
3587
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003588 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3589 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3590
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003591 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3592 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003593
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003594 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3595 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003596
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003597 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3598 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003599
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003600 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3601 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003602
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003603 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3604 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003605
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003606 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3607 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003608 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003609 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3610
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003611 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3612 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3613 used in raw mode
3614
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003615 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3616 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3617 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3618
3619 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3620 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3621 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3622 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3623 (for falcon mode)
3624
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003625 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3626 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3627 used in fs mode
3628
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003629 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3630 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3631
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003632 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3633 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003634
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003635 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3636 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3637
3638 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003639 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003640 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003641
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003642 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003643 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003644 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003645
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003646 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3647 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3648 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3649 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3650 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3651
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303652 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3653 Avoid SPL relocation
3654
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003655 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3656 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3657 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3658
3659 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3660 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3661
3662 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3663 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3664
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003665 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003666 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3667 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003668
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003669 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3670 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3671 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3672
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003673 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3674 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3675 if you need to save space.
3676
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003677 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3678 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003679 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003680
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003681 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3682 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3683 SPL binary.
3684
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003685 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3686 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3687 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3688 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3689 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3690 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003691 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003692
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303693 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3694 Add support NAND boot
3695
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003697 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3698
3699 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3700 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3701
3702 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3703 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003704
3705 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003706 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003707
3708 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3709 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003710 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003711
3712 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3713 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3714 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3715
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003716 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3717 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003718
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003719 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3720 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003721
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003722 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3723 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003724
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003725 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3726 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3727
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003728 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3729 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003730
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003731 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3732 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3733
3734 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3735 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3736 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3737 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3738
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003739 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003740 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3741 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3742 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3743 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3744 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003745
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003746 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3747 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3748 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3749 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3750
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003751 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3752 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3753 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3754 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3755 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3756
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003757- TPL framework
3758 CONFIG_TPL
3759 Enable building of TPL globally.
3760
3761 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3762 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3763 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003764 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3765 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3766 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003767
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003768Modem Support:
3769--------------
3770
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003771[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003773- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3775
3776- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3777 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3778
3779- Modem debug support:
3780 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3781
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003782 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3783 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003785- Interrupt support (PPC):
3786
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003787 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3788 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003789 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003790 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003791 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003792 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003793 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003794 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3795 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3796 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003797
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798- General:
3799
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003800 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3801 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3802 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003803 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003804 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3805 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3806 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003808 If there are no modem init strings in the
3809 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3810 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003811 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
3813 See also: doc/README.Modem
3814
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003815Board initialization settings:
3816------------------------------
3817
3818During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3819to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3820before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3821following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3822architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3823typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3824
3825- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3826- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3827- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3828- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003829
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830Configuration Settings:
3831-----------------------
3832
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003833- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3834 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003836- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3838
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003839- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3840 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003842- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843 prompt for user input.
3844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003845- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003847- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003851- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3853 booted
3854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003855- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003856 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003858- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003859 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003860
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003861- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003862 If the board specific function
3863 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3864 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003867- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003868 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003870- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003873- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3875 simple memory test.
3876
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003877- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003878 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003880- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003881 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3882 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003884- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3885 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003886 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003887 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003888 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3889 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3890 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003891 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003892 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003893 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003894
3895 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3896 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3897 be touched.
3898
3899 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3900 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3901 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3902 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3903 problems.
3904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003905- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003908- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003911- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3913 Cogent motherboard)
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003918- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3920 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003921 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003922 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003924- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003925 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3926 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3927 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3928 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003930- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3932
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003933- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3934 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3935 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3936 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3937 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3938 space.
3939
3940 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3941 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3942 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003943 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003944 U-Boot relocates itself.
3945
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003946 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003947 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3948
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003949- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3950 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3951 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3952 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3953
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003954- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3955 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3956 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3957 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3958 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3959 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3960 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3961 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3962 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3963 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3964 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3965 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3966 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3967 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3968 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3969 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3970
3971 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003973- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003974 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3975 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003976 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003977 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003979- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003980 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3981 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003982 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3983 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003984 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003985 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003986 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003987 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3988 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3989 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003991- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3992 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3993 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3994 is enabled.
3995
3996- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3997 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3998 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3999
4000- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4001 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4002 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4003
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004004- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005 Max number of Flash memory banks
4006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004007- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004008 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004010- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004011 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004013- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004016- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004017 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4018
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004019- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004020 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004022- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004023 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4024 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004026- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
4028 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4029 without this option such a download has to be
4030 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4031 copy from RAM to flash.
4032
4033 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4034 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004035 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4036 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004039- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004040 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004041 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004043- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004044 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4045 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004047- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4048 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4049 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4050 to the MTD layer.
4051
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004052- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004053 Use buffered writes to flash.
4054
4055- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4056 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4057 write commands.
4058
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004059- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004060 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4061 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4062 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4063 optionally available.
4064
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004065- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4066 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4067 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4068 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4069
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004070- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4071 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4072 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4073 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4074 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4075 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4076 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4077 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004079- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004080 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4081 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004082 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4083 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004084 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004085 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4086
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004087- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4088
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004089 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4090 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4091 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4092 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4093 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004094
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004095- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4096- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004097 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004098 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4099 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4100 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4101
4102 The format of the list is:
4103 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004104 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4105 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004106 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4107 list = entry[,list]
4108
4109 The type attributes are:
4110 s - String (default)
4111 d - Decimal
4112 x - Hexadecimal
4113 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4114 i - IP address
4115 m - MAC address
4116
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004117 The access attributes are:
4118 a - Any (default)
4119 r - Read-only
4120 o - Write-once
4121 c - Change-default
4122
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004123 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4124 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004125 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004126
4127 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4128 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4129 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4130 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4131 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4132 ".flags" variable.
4133
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004134 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4135 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4136 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4137
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004138- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4139 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4140 access flags.
4141
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004142- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4143 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4144 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4145 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4146 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4147 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004148 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4149 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4150 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004151
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004152- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4153 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4154 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004155 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004156
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004157- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4158 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4159 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4160 building U-Boot to enable this.
4161
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4163of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4164following configurations:
4165
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004166- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4167
4168 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4169 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004171- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
4173 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4174
4175 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4176 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4177 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4178 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4179 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4180 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4181 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4182 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4183 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4184 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4185 between U-Boot and the environment.
4186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004187 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
4189 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4190 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4191 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4192 for this sector is given here.
4193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004194 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004196 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
4198 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4199 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004200 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004202 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
4204 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4205
4206
4207 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4208 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4209 the environment.
4210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004211 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004213 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004214 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4216 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4217
4218 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4219 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4220 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4221 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4222 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4223 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4224 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4225 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4226 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004228 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4229 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004231 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004232 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004233 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004234 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
4236BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4237source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4238accordingly!
4239
4240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004241- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
4243 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4244 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4245 environment.
4246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004247 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4248 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004250 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4252 can just be read and written to, without any special
4253 provision.
4254
4255BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004256in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004257console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258U-Boot will hang.
4259
4260Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4261environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4262keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4263to save the current settings.
4264
4265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004266- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
4268 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4269 device and a driver for it.
4270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004271 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4272 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
4274 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4275 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004277 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4279 The default address is zero.
4280
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004281 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4282 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004284 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4286 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4287 would require six bits.
4288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004289 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004291 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004293 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4295 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004297 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004298 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4299 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4300 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4301 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4302 byte chips.
4303
4304 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4305 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4306 in the chip address.
4307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004308 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4310
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004311 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4312 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4313 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4314
4315 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4316 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4317 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4318 EEPROM. For example:
4319
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004320 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004321
4322 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4323 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004325- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004326
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004327 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004328 want to use for the environment.
4329
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004330 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4331 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4332 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004333
4334 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4335 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4336 at the specified address.
4337
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004338- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4339
4340 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4341 want to use for the environment.
4342
4343 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4344 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4345
4346 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4347 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4348 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4349
4350 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4351
4352 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4353
4354 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4355
4356 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4357 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4358 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4359 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4360 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4361
4362 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4363 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4364
4365 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4366
4367 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4368
4369 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4370
4371 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4372
4373 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4374
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004375- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4376
4377 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4378 want to use for the local device's environment.
4379
4380 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4381 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4382
4383 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4384 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4385 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004386 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004387
4388BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4389"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004390environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4391but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004393- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004394
4395 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4396 for the environment.
4397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004398 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4399 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004400
4401 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004402 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4403 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004404
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004405 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004407 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004408 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4409 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004410 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004411 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004412
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004413 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4414
4415 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4416 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4417 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4418 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4419 the range to be avoided.
4420
4421 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4422
4423 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4424 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4425 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4426 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4427 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004428
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004429- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4430
4431 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4432 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4433 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4434
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004435- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4436
4437 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4438 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4439 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4440
4441 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4442
4443 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4444
4445 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4446
4447 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4448 environment in.
4449
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004450 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4451
4452 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4453 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4454 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4455
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004456 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4457 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4458
4459 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4460 when storing the env in UBI.
4461
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004462- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4463 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4464
4465 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4466
4467 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4468
4469 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4470
4471 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4472 be as following:
4473
4474 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4475 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4476 partition table.
4477 - "D:0": device D.
4478 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4479 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4480 table.
4481 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004482 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004483 partition table then means device D.
4484
4485 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4486
4487 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004488 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004489
4490 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004491 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004492
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004493- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4494
4495 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4496 environment.
4497
4498 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4499
4500 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4501
4502 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4503
4504 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4505 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4506 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4507
4508 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4509 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4510
4511 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4512 area within the specified MMC device.
4513
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004514 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4515 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4516 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4517 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4518 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4519 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4520 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4521
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004522 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4523 MMC sector boundary.
4524
4525 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4526
4527 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4528 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4529 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4530 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4531
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004532 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4533 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4534
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004535 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4536 an MMC sector boundary.
4537
4538 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4539
4540 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4541 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4542 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004544- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
4546 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4547 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4548 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4549 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4550 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4551 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4552 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4553
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004554Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004556created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557until then to read environment variables.
4558
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004559The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4560is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4561with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4562necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4563"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4564have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
4566Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4567the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004568use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004570- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004571 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004573 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004574 also needs to be defined.
4575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004576- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004577 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004579- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4580 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4581 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4582 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4583 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4584 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4585
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004586- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4587 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4588 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4589 to do this.
4590
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004591- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4592 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4593 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4594 present.
4595
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004596- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4597 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4598 build system checks that the actual size does not
4599 exceed it.
4600
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004602---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004604- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4606
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004607- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004609
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004610 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4611 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4612 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004614- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4615 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4616 PowerPC SOCs.
4617
4618- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4619 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4620 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4621
4622 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4623 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4624
4625- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4626 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4627 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004628 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004629 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4630 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4631 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4632
4633 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4634 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4635
4636- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004637 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4638 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004639 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4640 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4641
4642- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4643 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4644 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4645 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4646
4647- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4648 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4649 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4650
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004651- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004652 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004653
4654 the default drive number (default value 0)
4655
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004656 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004657
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004658 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004659 (default value 1)
4660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004661 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004662
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004663 defines the offset of register from address. It
4664 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004665 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004667 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4668 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004669 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004671 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004672 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4673 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004674 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004675 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004676
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004677- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4678 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4679 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4680 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4681 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4682 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004683 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004685- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004686 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004687 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004689- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004691 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4693 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4694 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4695 will become available only after programming the
4696 memory controller and running certain initialization
4697 sequences.
4698
4699 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4700 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4701 - MPC824X: data cache
4702 - PPC4xx: data cache
4703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004704- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
4706 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004707 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4708 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004710 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004711 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4712 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4713 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004714
4715 Note:
4716 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4717 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004718 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4720 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004722- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004724- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004726- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004728- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004730- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004732- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004734- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735 SDRAM timing
4736
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004737- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738 periodic timer for refresh
4739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004740- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004742- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4743 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4744 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4745 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4747
4748- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004749 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4750 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004753- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4754 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4756 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004758- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4760 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004762- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004763 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4764 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004766- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4768 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004770- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4772 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4773 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004775- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004776 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4777 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4778 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4779 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004781- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4782 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4783 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4784 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4785 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4786 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4787 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4788 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004789 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004790
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004791- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4792 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4793 required.
4794
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004795- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004796 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004797 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4798 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4799 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4800 by coreboot or similar.
4801
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004802- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4803 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4804
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004805- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4806 Chip has SRIO or not
4807
4808- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4809 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4810
4811- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4812 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4813
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004814- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4815 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4816
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004817- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4818 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4819
4820- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4821 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4822
4823- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4824 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4825
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004826- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4827 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4828 a 16 bit bus.
4829 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004830 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004831 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004832 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004833
4834- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4835 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4836 a default value will be used.
4837
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004838- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004839 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4840 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4841
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004842 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4843 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004845- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004846 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4847 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4848 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004849
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004850- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4851 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4852 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4853 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4854 header files or board specific files.
4855
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004856- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4857 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4858
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004859- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4860 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4861
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004862- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4863 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004865- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004866 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4867 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004868
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004869- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4870 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4871
4872- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4873 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004874 to the given FEC; i. e.
4875 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004876 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4877
4878 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4879
4880- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4881 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4882 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4883
4884- CONFIG_RMII
4885 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4886 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4887 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4888
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004889- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4890 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4891 The syntax is:
4892
4893 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4894
4895 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4896 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4897 area should have.
4898
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004899- CONFIG_LOOPW
4900 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004901 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004902
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004903- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4904 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4905 "md/mw" commands.
4906 Examples:
4907
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004908 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004909 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4910
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004911 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004912 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4913
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004914 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004915 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004916
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004917- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004918 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004919 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4920 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4921 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004922
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004923 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4924 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4925 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4926 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004927
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004928- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004929 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4930 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4931 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004932
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004933- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4934 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4935 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4936 It is loaded by the SPL.
4937
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004938- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4939 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4940 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4941 previous 4k of the .text section.
4942
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004943- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4944 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4945 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4946 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4947 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4948 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4949 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4950 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4951
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004952- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4953 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4954 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4955 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4956 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4957
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004958- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4959 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4960 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004961
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004962- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4963 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4964
4965 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004966
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004967- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4968 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4969
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004970- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4971 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4972 driver that uses this:
4973 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4974
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004975Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4976-----------------------------------
4977
4978The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4979loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4980This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4981are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4982within that device.
4983
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004984- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4985 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4986 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4987 is also specified.
4988
4989- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4990 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004991 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4992 is also specified.
4993
4994- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4995 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4996 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4997 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4998 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4999
5000- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5001 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5002 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5003 virtual address in NOR flash.
5004
5005- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5006 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5007 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5008
5009- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5010 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5011 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5012
5013- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5014 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5015 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5016
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005017- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5018 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5019 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005020 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5021 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5022 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005023
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005024Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5025---------------------------------------------------------
5026The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5027"firmware".
5028This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5029are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5030within that device.
5031
5032- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5033 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5034
5035- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5036 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5037 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5038 is also specified.
5039
5040- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5041 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5042 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5043 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5044 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5045
5046- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5047 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5048 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5049 virtual address in NOR flash.
5050
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05305051Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5052-------------------------------------------
5053The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5054"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5055This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5056
5057- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5058 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5059
5060- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5061 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5062
5063- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5064 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5065
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02005066Reproducible builds
5067-------------------
5068
5069In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5070process have to be set to a fixed value.
5071
5072This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5073SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5074option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5075
5076SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5077
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078Building the Software:
5079======================
5080
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005081Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5082and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5083all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5084(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5085recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5086which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005087
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005088If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5089have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5090you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5091Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5092necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005094 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5095 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005097Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5098 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5099 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5100 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5101
5102 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5103
5104 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5105 be executed on computers running Windows.
5106
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005107U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5108sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109is done by typing:
5110
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005111 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005113where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005114rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5117 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5118 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5119 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005120 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005122 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005125 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5132images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5135- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5136- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005138By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5139in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5140this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5141
51421. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5143
5144 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005145 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005146 make O=/tmp/build all
5147
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051482. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005149
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005150 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005151 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005152 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005153 make all
5154
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005155Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005156variable.
5157
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5160for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5161native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5165to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5166steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051681. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005169 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5170 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051712. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5172 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5173 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51743. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5175 your board
51763. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5177 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051784. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051795. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5180 to be installed on your target system.
51816. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5182 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5186==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005188If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5189or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5191the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005192official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005194But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5195cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5197just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005198for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5199select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5200environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5201you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005207 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005209When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5210U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5211setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5212built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5213<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5214location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5215variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005216
5217 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5218 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5219 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5220
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005221With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5222log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5223during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005224
5225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229Monitor Commands - Overview:
5230============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232go - start application at address 'addr'
5233run - run commands in an environment variable
5234bootm - boot application image from memory
5235bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005236bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5238 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5239 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005240tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5242diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5243loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5244loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5245md - memory display
5246mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5247nm - memory modify (constant address)
5248mw - memory write (fill)
5249cp - memory copy
5250cmp - memory compare
5251crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005252i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253sspi - SPI utility commands
5254base - print or set address offset
5255printenv- print environment variables
5256setenv - set environment variables
5257saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5258protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5259erase - erase FLASH memory
5260flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005261nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5263iminfo - print header information for application image
5264coninfo - print console devices and informations
5265ide - IDE sub-system
5266loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005267loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268mtest - simple RAM test
5269icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5270dcache - enable or disable data cache
5271reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5272echo - echo args to console
5273version - print monitor version
5274help - print online help
5275? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5279========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
5285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286Environment Variables:
5287======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5290can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5293"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5294without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5295environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5296working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5297environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005298
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005299Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5300
5301List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005313 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5314 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5315 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5316 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5317 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5318 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005319 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5320 bootm_mapsize.
5321
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005322 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005323 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5324 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5325 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5326 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5327 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5328 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005329
5330 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5331 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5332 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5333 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5334 environment variable.
5335
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005336 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5337 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5338 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5341 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5342 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5343 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5346 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5347 be automatically started (by internally calling
5348 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005350 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5351 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5352 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5353 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5354 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005355
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005356 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5357 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005358 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5359 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5360 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5361 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5362 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5363 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5364 access it during the boot procedure.
5365
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005366 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5367 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5368 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5369 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5370 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5371 must be accessible by the kernel.
5372
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005373 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5374 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5375 defined.
5376
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005377 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5378 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5379 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5380 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5381 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5384 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5385 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5386 is usually what you want since it allows for
5387 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5388 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005389 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005390 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5391 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5392 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5393 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5396 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5397 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5398 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5399 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5400 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5405 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5406 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5407 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5408 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5409 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5410 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5415 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005427 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005429 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5430 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005431
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005432 => setenv ethact FEC
5433 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5434 => setenv ethact SCC
5435 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005436
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005437 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5438 available network interfaces.
5439 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5440
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005441 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5443 When set to "once" the network operation will
5444 fail when all the available network interfaces
5445 are tried once without success.
5446 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5447 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005449 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005450
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005451 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005452 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5453 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5454 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5455 is silent.
5456
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005457 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005458 UDP source port.
5459
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005460 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005461 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5462
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005463 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5464 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5465
5466 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5467 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5468 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5469 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5470 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5471 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5472 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5473
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005474 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5475 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5476 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5477 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5478 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5479 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5480 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5481
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005482 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005483 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005485
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005486The following image location variables contain the location of images
5487used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5488not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5489variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5490server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5491loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5492flash or offset in NAND flash.
5493
5494*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005495boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005496boards use these variables for other purposes.
5497
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005498Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5499----- --------- ----------- --------------
5500u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5501Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5502device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5503ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5506updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5507depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509 bootfile - see above
5510 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5511 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5512 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5513 hostname - Target hostname
5514 ipaddr - see above
5515 netmask - Subnet Mask
5516 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5517 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005518
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5523 as type string and/or serial number
5524 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005526These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5527the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5528once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005529
5530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5534 with the "version" command. This variable is
5535 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005536
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5539only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005540
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005541
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005542Callback functions for environment variables:
5543---------------------------------------------
5544
5545For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005546when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005547be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5548deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5549effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5550
5551The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5552U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5553
5554These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5555static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5556in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5557associations. The list must be in the following format:
5558
5559 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5560 list = entry[,list]
5561
5562If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5563Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5564
5565Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5566with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5567override any association in the static list. You can define
5568CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005569".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005570
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005571If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5572regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5573the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5574
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576Command Line Parsing:
5577=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5580the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582Old, simple command line parser:
5583--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5586- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005587- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005588- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5589 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005590 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005591- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5592 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594Hush shell:
5595-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5598 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5599 until...do...done, ...
5600- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5601 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5602 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5603 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605General rules:
5606--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5609 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5610 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5611 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005614 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5616 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5619=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005620
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005621Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5623"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5626MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5627"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005629If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5630in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5631ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5632variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5635 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5638 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5639 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005641o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5642 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5645 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5646 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005649 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5650 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005652If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005653will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005654may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5655The naming convention is as follows:
5656"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658Image Formats:
5659==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005661U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5662images in two formats:
5663
5664New uImage format (FIT)
5665-----------------------
5666
5667Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5668to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5669components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5670SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5671
5672
5673Old uImage format
5674-----------------
5675
5676Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5677preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5678details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5681 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005682 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5683 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5684 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005685* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005686 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5687 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5689* Load Address
5690* Entry Point
5691* Image Name
5692* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5695and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5696CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699Linux Support:
5700==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5703easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5704U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5707special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5708"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5709instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5710serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005711
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005712- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5713 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5714 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5717 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5720 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5721 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5722 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5723 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5724 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727Linux HOWTO:
5728============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005730Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5731---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5734configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5735(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5736Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005737
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005738But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005740Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5741include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005742Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5743and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005744as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005746Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5747If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5748is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5749doc/driver-model.
5750
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752Configuring the Linux kernel:
5753-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005755No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5756device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759Building a Linux Image:
5760-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5763not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5764"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5765U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5766which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5767100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005770
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005771 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772 make oldconfig
5773 make dep
5774 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5777encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5778CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5785 -R .note -R .comment \
5786 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005792* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005794 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5795 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5796 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005797
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5800with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5801combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5802byte header containing information about target architecture,
5803operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5804stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5807print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5810contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5811checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813 tools/mkimage -l image
5814 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5817from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005819 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5820 -n name -d data_file image
5821 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5822 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5823 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5824 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5825 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5826 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5827 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5828 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005829
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005830Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5831address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5832kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005834- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5835- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005837So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5840 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005841 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5843 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5844 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5845 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5846 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5847 Load Address: 0x00000000
5848 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5853 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5854 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5855 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5856 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5857 Load Address: 0x00000000
5858 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5861speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5862needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5863need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005864
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005865 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005866 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5867 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005868 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005869 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5870 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5871 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5872 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5873 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5874 Load Address: 0x00000000
5875 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005876
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005878Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5879when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5882 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5883 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5884 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5885 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5886 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5887 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5888 Load Address: 0x00000000
5889 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005890
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005891The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5892option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5893option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5894from the image:
5895
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005896 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5897 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5898 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5899 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005900
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902Installing a Linux Image:
5903-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005905To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5906you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005908 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5911image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5912address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5913specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5914command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005916Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5917TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005919 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005921 .......... done
5922 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005924 => loads 40100000
5925 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5926 ~>examples/image.srec
5927 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5928 ...
5929 15989 15990 15991 15992
5930 [file transfer complete]
5931 [connected]
5932 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933
5934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005935You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005936this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005941 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5942 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5943 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5944 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5945 Load Address: 00000000
5946 Entry Point: 0000000c
5947 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
5949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950Boot Linux:
5951-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5954memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5955of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5956parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5957"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005958
5959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005960 => printenv bootargs
5961 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005963 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005965 => printenv bootargs
5966 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005968 => bootm 40020000
5969 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5970 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5971 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5972 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5973 Load Address: 00000000
5974 Entry Point: 0000000c
5975 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5976 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5977 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5978 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5979 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5980 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5981 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5982 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005984If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005985the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5986format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005990 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5991 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5992 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5993 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5994 Load Address: 00000000
5995 Entry Point: 0000000c
5996 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005998 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5999 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6000 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6001 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6002 Load Address: 00000000
6003 Entry Point: 00000000
6004 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006006 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6007 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6008 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6009 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6010 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6011 Load Address: 00000000
6012 Entry Point: 0000000c
6013 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6014 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6015 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6016 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6017 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6018 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6019 Load Address: 00000000
6020 Entry Point: 00000000
6021 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6022 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6023 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6024 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6025 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6026 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6027 ...
6028 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6029 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006031 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006032
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006033Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6034-----------
6035
6036First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6037titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6038following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6039flat device tree:
6040
6041=> print oftaddr
6042oftaddr=0x300000
6043=> print oft
6044oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6045=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6046Speed: 1000, full duplex
6047Using TSEC0 device
6048TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6049Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6050Load address: 0x300000
6051Loading: #
6052done
6053Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6054=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6055Speed: 1000, full duplex
6056Using TSEC0 device
6057TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6058Filename 'uImage'.
6059Load address: 0x200000
6060Loading:############
6061done
6062Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6063=> print loadaddr
6064loadaddr=200000
6065=> print oftaddr
6066oftaddr=0x300000
6067=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6068## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006069 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6070 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6071 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006072 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006073 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006074 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6075 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6076Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6077Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6078Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6079[snip]
6080
6081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082More About U-Boot Image Types:
6083------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006085U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006087 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6088 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6089 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6090 the Standalone Program.
6091 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6092 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6093 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6094 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6095 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6096 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6097 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6098 being started.
6099 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6100 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6101 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6102 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6103 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6104 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6107 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6108 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6109 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6110 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6111 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006113 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6114 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6115 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006117 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6118 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6119 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6120 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006121
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006122Booting the Linux zImage:
6123-------------------------
6124
6125On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6126using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6127as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6128
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006129Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006130kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6131address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6132format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6133
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006135Standalone HOWTO:
6136=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006138One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6139run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6140U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006142Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006144"Hello World" Demo:
6145-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006147'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6148application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6149It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6150like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006152 => loads
6153 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6154 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6155 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6156 [file transfer complete]
6157 [connected]
6158 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006160 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6161 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6162 Hello World
6163 argc = 7
6164 argv[0] = "40004"
6165 argv[1] = "Hello"
6166 argv[2] = "World!"
6167 argv[3] = "This"
6168 argv[4] = "is"
6169 argv[5] = "a"
6170 argv[6] = "test."
6171 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6172 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006174 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006176Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6177handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6178Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6179The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6180character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6181controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006183 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6184 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6185 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6186 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006188 => loads
6189 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6190 ~>examples/timer.srec
6191 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6192 [file transfer complete]
6193 [connected]
6194 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006196 => go 40004
6197 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6198 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6199 Using timer 1
6200 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006202Hit 'b':
6203 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6204 Enabling timer
6205Hit '?':
6206 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6207 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6208Hit '?':
6209 [q, b, e, ?] .
6210 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6211Hit '?':
6212 [q, b, e, ?] .
6213 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6214Hit '?':
6215 [q, b, e, ?] .
6216 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6217Hit 'e':
6218 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6219Hit 'q':
6220 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006221
6222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006223Minicom warning:
6224================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006226Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6227"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6228consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6229Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6230especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006231use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6232http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6233for help with kermit.
6234
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006236Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6237configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006239 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6240 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6241 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006242
6243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006244NetBSD Notes:
6245=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006247Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6248(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006250Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6251NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6252need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6253Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6254attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6255missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006257 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6258 # mkdir powerpc
6259 # ln -s powerpc machine
6260 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6261 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006263Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6264and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006266Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6267stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6268proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6269tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006270meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006271
6272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006273Implementation Internals:
6274=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006276The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6277implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6278inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6279hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006280
6281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006282Initial Stack, Global Data:
6283---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006285The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6286starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6287system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6288This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6289is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6290at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6291options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6292models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6293MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6294locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006295
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006296 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006297 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006299 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6300 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6301 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6302 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006303
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006304 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6305 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6306 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6307 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6308 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006309 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006310 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6311 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006313 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6314 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006315 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006316 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6317 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6318 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6319 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006321 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006322 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6323 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006324 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006325 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6326 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6327 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6328 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6329 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331 -Chris Hallinan
6332 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006334It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6335code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6338 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006339
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006340* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006341 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6342 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006344* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6345 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006347Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006348normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006349turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6350simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6351functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6352functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6353the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6354place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6355reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006357When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6358relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6359GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006361For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6362 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006363 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006364 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6365 R5-R10: parameter passing
6366 R13: small data area pointer
6367 R30: GOT pointer
6368 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006369
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006370 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6371 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6372 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006373
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006374 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006375
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006376 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6377 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6378 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6379 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6380 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6381 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006382
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006383On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006384 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6385
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006386 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006388On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006390 R0: function argument word/integer result
6391 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006392 R9: platform specific
6393 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006394 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6395 R12: temporary workspace
6396 R13: stack pointer
6397 R14: link register
6398 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006399
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006400 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6401
6402 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006403
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006404On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6405 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6406
6407 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6408
6409 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6410 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6411
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006412On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6413
6414 R0-R1: argument/return
6415 R2-R5: argument
6416 R15: temporary register for assembler
6417 R16: trampoline register
6418 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6419 R29: global pointer (GP)
6420 R30: link register (LP)
6421 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6422 PC: program counter (PC)
6423
6424 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6425
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006426NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6427or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006429Memory Management:
6430------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006432U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6433MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006435The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6436controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6437memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6438physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006440U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6441TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6442booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6443to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006444memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006445configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6446Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006448Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6449of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006451So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6452this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006454 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6455 :
6456 0x0000 1FFF
6457 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6458 :
6459 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006461 :
6462 :
6463 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6464 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6465 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6466 :
6467 0x00FD FFFF
6468 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6469 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6470 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6471 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006472
6473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006474System Initialization:
6475----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006477In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006478(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006479configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006480To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6481To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6482initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6483which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6484part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6485the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006487Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6488preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6489(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6490on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6491programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6492simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6493banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006495When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6496different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6497bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64980x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6499contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006501Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6502and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6503Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6504pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006506Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6507until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6508running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6509new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006510
6511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006512U-Boot Porting Guide:
6513----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006515[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6516list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006517
6518
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006519int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006520{
6521 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006522
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006523 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6524 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006526 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006527 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006528 return 0;
6529 }
6530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006531 Download latest U-Boot source;
6532
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006533 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006534
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006535 if (clueless)
6536 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006538 while (learning) {
6539 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006540 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6541 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006542 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006543 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006544 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006545
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006546 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6547 Buy a BDI3000;
6548 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006549 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006550
6551 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6552 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6553 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6554 } else {
6555 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6556 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006557 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006558 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6559 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006560
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006561 while (!accepted) {
6562 while (!running) {
6563 do {
6564 Add / modify source code;
6565 } until (compiles);
6566 Debug;
6567 if (clueless)
6568 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6569 }
6570 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6571 if (reasonable critiques)
6572 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6573 else
6574 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006575 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006577 return 0;
6578}
6579
6580void no_more_time (int sig)
6581{
6582 hire_a_guru();
6583}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006584
6585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006586Coding Standards:
6587-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006589All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006590coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006591"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006592
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006593Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6594MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006595reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006596sources.
6597
6598Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6599Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6600in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006601
6602Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6603- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006604- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006605- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006606- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006607- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6608
6609Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6610with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006611
6612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006613Submitting Patches:
6614-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006616Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6617establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6618may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006619
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006620Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006621
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006622Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6623see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006625When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6626it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006628* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6629 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6630 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006632* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6633 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006635* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6636
6637* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6638
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006639* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6640 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006641
6642* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6643 document these in the README file.
6644
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006645* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6646 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006647 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006648 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6649 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006650
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006651 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6652 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6653 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006654
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006655 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6656 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6657 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6658 affected files).
6659
6660 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6661 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006662
6663* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6664 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6665
6666* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6667 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6668
6669
6670Notes:
6671
6672* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6673 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6674 for any of the boards.
6675
6676* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6677 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6678 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6679
6680* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6681 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6682 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6683 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6684 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6685 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006686
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006687* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6688 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6689 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6690 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.